blob: 413d6828292dc0154c303711b34ad231f312f38e [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +020038who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010039maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000040
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000041Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43
44 make CHANGELOG
45
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000046
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050052<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
57
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010058Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
61The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020066any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010067available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010070Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010071ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000074Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000078- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000079- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020086 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000087- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000088- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020090- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
110
111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000113
114
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000115Versioning:
116===========
117
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000124
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200125Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000129
130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500134/arch Architecture specific files
135 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
138 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000139 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200140 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
141 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500142 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
143 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500144 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500145 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
146 /lib Architecture specific library files
147 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
148 /cpu CPU specific files
149 /lib Architecture specific library files
150 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
151 /cpu CPU specific files
152 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500153 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
154 /cpu CPU specific files
155 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
156 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
157 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
158 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
159 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
160 /lib Architecture specific library files
161 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
162 /cpu CPU specific files
163 /lib Architecture specific library files
164 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
165 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200166 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu80421fc2011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800167 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500168 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000169 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
170 /cpu CPU specific files
171 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
172 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500173 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
174 /cpu CPU specific files
175 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400176 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
177 /cpu CPU specific files
178 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200179 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500180 /cpu CPU specific files
181 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
182 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
183 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
184 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500185 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
186 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
187 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
188 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
189 /lib Architecture specific library files
190 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
191 /cpu CPU specific files
192 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
193 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
194 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
195 /lib Architecture specific library files
196 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
197 /cpu CPU specific files
198 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
199 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
200 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400201 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
202 /cpu CPU specific files
203 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500204/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
205/board Board dependent files
206/common Misc architecture independent functions
207/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
208/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
209/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400210/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500211/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
212/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
213/include Header Files
214/lib Files generic to all architectures
215 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
216 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
217 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
218/net Networking code
219/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400220/spl Secondary Program Loader framework
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500221/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000222
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000223Software Configuration:
224=======================
225
226Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
227rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
228
229There are two classes of configuration variables:
230
231* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
232 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
233 "CONFIG_".
234
235* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
236 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
237 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200238 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000239
240Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
241identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
242do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
243links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
244as an example here.
245
246
247Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
248---------------------------------------------------
249
250For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
251configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
252
253Example: For a TQM823L module type:
254
255 cd u-boot
256 make TQM823L_config
257
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200258For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000259e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
260directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
261
262
263Configuration Options:
264----------------------
265
266Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
267such information is kept in a configuration file
268"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
269
270Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
271"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
272
273
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000274Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
275kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
276build a config tool - later.
277
278
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000279The following options need to be configured:
280
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500281- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000282
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500283- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200284
285- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100286 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000287
288- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
289 Define exactly one of
290 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
291--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
292 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
293 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
294
295- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
296 Define exactly one of
297 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
298
299- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
300 Define one or more of
301 CONFIG_CMA302
302
303- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
304 Define one or more of
305 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200306 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000307 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
308
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000309- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
310 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
311 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200312 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
313 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
314 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
315 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000316
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530317- Marvell Family Member
318 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
319 multiple fs option at one time
320 for marvell soc family
321
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000322- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000323 Define exactly one of
324 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000325
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200326- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000327 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
328 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000329 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
330 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000331 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
332 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000333
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000334- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200335 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
336 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000337 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000338 See doc/README.MPC866
339
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200340 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000341
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000342 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
343 of relying on the correctness of the configured
344 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
345 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
346 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200347 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000348
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100349 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
350
351 Define this option if you want to enable the
352 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
353
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600354- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000355 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
356
357 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
358 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
359 compliance, among other possible reasons.
360
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600361 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
362
363 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
364 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
365 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
366
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500367 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
368
369 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
370 tree nodes for the given platform.
371
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000372 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
373
374 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
375 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
376 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
377 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
378 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
379 purpose.
380
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000381 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
382
383 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
384 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
385 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
386
387 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
388 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
389
390 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
391 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
392
393 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
394 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
395 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
396 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
397
398 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
399 this erratum.
400
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530401 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
402 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
403 requred during NOR boot.
404
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000405 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
406
407 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
408 according to the A004510 workaround.
409
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530410 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
411 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
412 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
413
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530414 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
415 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
416 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
417
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530418 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
419 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
420 connected to the DSP core.
421
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530422 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
423 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
424
Priyanka Jainb1359912013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530425 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
426 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
427 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
428 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
429
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000430- Generic CPU options:
431 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
432
433 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
434 values is arch specific.
435
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700436 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
437 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
438 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
439 SoCs.
440
441 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
442 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
443
444 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
445 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
446 deskew training are not available.
447
448 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
449 Freescale DDR1 controller.
450
451 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
452 Freescale DDR2 controller.
453
454 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
455 Freescale DDR3 controller.
456
York Sun9ac4ffb2013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700457 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
458 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
459
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700460 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
461 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
462 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
463 implemetation.
464
465 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
466 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
467 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
468 implementation.
469
470 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
471 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
472 Freescale DDR3 controllers.
473
Prabhakar Kushwaha1b4175d2014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530474 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
475 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
476
477 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
478 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
479
Prabhakar Kushwaha690e4252014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530480 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
481 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
482 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
483
484 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
485 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
486 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
487 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
488
York Sun4e5b1bd2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800489 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
490 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
491
492 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
493 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
494
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100495- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200496 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100497
498 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
499 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
500 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
501
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200502 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200503
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100504 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
505 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200506 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100507 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200508
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200509- MIPS CPU options:
510 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
511
512 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
513 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
514 relocation.
515
516 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
517
518 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
519 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
520 Possible values are:
521 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
522 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
523 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
524 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
525 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
526 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
527 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
528 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
529
530 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
531
532 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
533 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
534
535 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
536
537 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
538 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
539 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
540
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000541- ARM options:
542 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
543
544 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
545 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
546
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000547 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
548
549 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
550 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
551 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
552 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
553 GCC.
554
Stephen Warrenc5d47522013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000555 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000556 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
557 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
558 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
559
560 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
561 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
562 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
563 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
564 set these options unless they apply!
565
Stephen Warren795659d2013-03-27 17:06:41 +0000566- CPU timer options:
567 CONFIG_SYS_HZ
568
569 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer().
570 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG
571 option must be set to 1000.
572
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000573- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000574 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
575
576 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
577 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
578 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
579 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
580 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
581 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
582 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000583 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100584 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000585 default environment.
586
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000587 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
588
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200589 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000590 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
591 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
592
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400593 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200594
595 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400596 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
597 concepts).
598
599 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
600 * New libfdt-based support
601 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500602 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400603
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200604 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
605 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
606 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
607 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200608 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600609 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200610
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200611 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
612 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500613
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600614 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
615
616 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
617 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000618
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500619 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
620
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200621 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500622 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
623
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200624 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
625
626 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
627 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
628 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
629 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
630 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
631 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
632
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000633 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
634
635 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
636 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
637 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
638 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
639 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
640 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
641 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
642
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100643- vxWorks boot parameters:
644
645 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
646 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
647 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
648
649 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
650 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
651 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
652 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
653
654 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
655
656 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
657
658 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
659 the defaults discussed just above.
660
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000661- Cache Configuration:
662 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
663 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
664 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
665
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000666- Cache Configuration for ARM:
667 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
668 controller
669 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
670 controller register space
671
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000672- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200673 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000674
675 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
676
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200677 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000678
679 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
680
681 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
682
683 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
684 the clock speed of the UARTs.
685
686 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
687
688 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
689 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
690 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
691
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000692 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
693
694 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
695 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
696 this variable to initialize the extra register.
697
698 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
699
700 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
701 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
702 variable to flush the UART at init time.
703
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000704
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000705- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000706 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
707 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
708 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
709 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000710
711 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
712 port routines must be defined elsewhere
713 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
714
715 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
716 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000717 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000718 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
719 (default big endian)
720 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
721 rectangle fill
722 (cf. smiLynxEM)
723 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
724 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
725 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
726 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000727 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
728 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000729 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
730 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000731 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000732 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
733 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
734 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
735 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
736 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
737 (i.e. i8042_getc)
738 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
739 (requires blink timer
740 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200741 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000742 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
743 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500744 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000745 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
746 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000747 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
748 linux_logo.h for logo.
749 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000750 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200751 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000752 the logo
753
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000754 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
755 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
756 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
757
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000758 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
759 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
760 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000761
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000762 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
763 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
764 the "silent" environment variable. See
765 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000766
Heiko Schocher45ae2542013-10-22 11:06:06 +0200767 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
768 is 0x00.
769 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
770 is 0xa0.
771
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000772- Console Baudrate:
773 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
774 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200775 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
776 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000777
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100778- Console Rx buffer length
779 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
780 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100781 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100782 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
783 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
784 the SMC.
785
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000786- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200787 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
788 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
789 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
790 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
791 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
792 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
793 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200794 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200795 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000796
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200797 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
798 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000799
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000800- Safe printf() functions
801 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
802 the printf() functions. These are defined in
803 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
804 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
805 If this option is not given then these functions will
806 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
807 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
808
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000809- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
810 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
811 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000812 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
813 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000814
815 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
816 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
817 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
818 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
819 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
820 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
821 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
822 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
823 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
824 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
825 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
826 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
827
828- Autoboot Command:
829 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
830 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
831 define a command string that is automatically executed
832 when no character is read on the console interface
833 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
834
835 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000836 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
837 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
838 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000839
840 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000841 The value of these goes into the environment as
842 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
843 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200844 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000845
Heiko Schochereda0ba32013-11-04 14:04:59 +0100846- Bootcount:
847 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
848 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
849 cycle, see:
850 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
851
852 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
853 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
854 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
855 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
856 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
857 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
858 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
859 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
860 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
861
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000862- Pre-Boot Commands:
863 CONFIG_PREBOOT
864
865 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
866 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
867 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
868 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
869 entering interactive mode.
870
871 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
872 automatically generated or modified. For an example
873 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
874 modified when the user holds down a certain
875 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
876 booting the systems
877
878- Serial Download Echo Mode:
879 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
880 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
881 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
882 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
883 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
884 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
885 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
886
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500887- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000888 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
889 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200890 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000891
892- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500893 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
894 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000895 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
896 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500897 and augmenting with additional #define's
898 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000899
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500900 The default command configuration includes all commands
901 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000902
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500903 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500904 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
905 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
906 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
907 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
908 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
909 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
Michal Simek08d0d6f2013-11-21 13:39:02 -0800910 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500911 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500912 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500913 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
914 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
915 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600916 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
917 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
918 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
919 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500920 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
921 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500922 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500923 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
924 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600925 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600926 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Andrew Ruder88733e22013-10-22 19:07:34 -0500927 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500928 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000929 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
930 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Stephen Warren16f4d932014-01-24 20:46:37 -0700931 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
932 that work for multiple fs types
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500933 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500934 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000935 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500936 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
937 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200938 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +0000939 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500940 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000941 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +0000942 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500943 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
944 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
945 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
946 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +0000947 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200948 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500949 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500950 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +0000951 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500952 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
953 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
954 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
955 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200956 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000957 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
958 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500959 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
960 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200961 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400962 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +0000963 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500964 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +0000965 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200966 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500967 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
968 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
969 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100970 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500971 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
972 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200973 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600974 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000975 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500976 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
977 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
978 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
979 host
980 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +0000981 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500982 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
983 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +0000984 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500985 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
986 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
987 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
988 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
989 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
990 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700991 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200992 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400993 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +0800994 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200995 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500996 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000997 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000998 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +0000999 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
1000 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001001 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001002 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +00001003 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001004 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001005
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001006
1007 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
1008 support you can write:
1009
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001010 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
1011 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001012
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -04001013 Other Commands:
1014 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001015
1016 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001017 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001018 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
1019 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
1020 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
1021 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
1022 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
1023 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001024
1025
1026 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1027
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001028- Regular expression support:
1029 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001030 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1031 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1032 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1033 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001034
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001035- Device tree:
1036 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1037 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1038 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1039 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1040 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1041 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1042
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001043 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1044 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +00001045
1046 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1047 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1048 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1049 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1050 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1051 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001052
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001053 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1054 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1055 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1056 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1057
1058 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1059
1060 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1061 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1062 still use the individual files if you need something more
1063 exotic.
1064
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001065- Watchdog:
1066 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1067 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00001068 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1069 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1070 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1071 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1072 available, then no further board specific code should
1073 be needed to use it.
1074
1075 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1076 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1077 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1078 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001079
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001080- U-Boot Version:
1081 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1082 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1083 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1084 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001085 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1086 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001087
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001088- Real-Time Clock:
1089
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001090 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001091 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1092 following options:
1093
1094 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1095 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001096 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001097 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001098 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001099 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001100 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001101 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001102 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001103 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001104 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001105 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1106 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001107
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001108 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1109 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1110
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001111- GPIO Support:
1112 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001113
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001114 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1115 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1116 pins supported by a particular chip.
1117
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001118 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1119 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1120
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001121- Timestamp Support:
1122
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001123 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1124 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1125 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001126 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001127
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001128- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1129 Zero or more of the following:
1130 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1131 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1132 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1133 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1134 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1135 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1136 disk/part_efi.c
1137 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001138
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001139 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1140 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001141 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001142
1143- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001144 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1145 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001146
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001147 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1148 be performed by calling the function
1149 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1150 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001151
1152- ATAPI Support:
1153 CONFIG_ATAPI
1154
1155 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1156
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001157- LBA48 Support
1158 CONFIG_LBA48
1159
1160 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001161 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001162 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1163 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1164
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001165 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001166 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1167 Default is 32bit.
1168
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001169- SCSI Support:
1170 At the moment only there is only support for the
1171 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1172 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1173
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001174 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1175 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1176 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001177 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1178 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001179 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001180
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001181 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1182 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001183
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001184- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001185 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001186 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1187
1188 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1189 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1190 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1191 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1192
1193 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1194 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1195 example with the "sspi" command.
1196
1197 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1198 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1199 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001200
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001201 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001202 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001203
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001204 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1205 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001206 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001207 write routine for first time initialisation.
1208
1209 CONFIG_TULIP
1210 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1211 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1212 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1213
1214 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1215 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1216
1217 CONFIG_NS8382X
1218 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1219
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001220- NETWORK Support (other):
1221
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001222 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1223 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1224
1225 CONFIG_RMII
1226 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1227
1228 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1229 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1230 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1231
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001232 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1233 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1234
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001235 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001236 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1237
1238 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1239 Define this to hold the physical address
1240 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1241
1242 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1243 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1244
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001245 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001246 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1247
1248 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1249 Define this to hold the physical address
1250 of the device (I/O space)
1251
1252 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1253 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1254
1255 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1256 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1257 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1258
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001259 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1260 Support for davinci emac
1261
1262 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1263 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1264
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001265 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1266 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1267
1268 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1269 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1270 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1271 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1272 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1273 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1274 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1275 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1276
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001277 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001278 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1279
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001280 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001281 Define this to hold the physical address
1282 of the device (I/O space)
1283
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001284 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001285 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1286
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001287 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001288 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1289 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001290 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001291
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001292 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1293 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1294
1295 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1296 Define the number of ports to be used
1297
1298 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1299 Define the ETH PHY's address
1300
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001301 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1302 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1303
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001304- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001305 CONFIG_TPM
1306 Support TPM devices.
1307
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001308 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1309 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1310 per system is supported at this time.
1311
1312 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
1313 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
1314
1315 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
1316 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
1317
1318 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1319 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1320
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001321 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1322 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1323
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001324 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001325 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1326 per system is supported at this time.
1327
1328 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1329 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1330 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1331 0xfed40000.
1332
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001333 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1334 Add tpm monitor functions.
1335 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1336 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1337
1338 CONFIG_TPM
1339 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1340 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1341 Requires support for a TPM device.
1342
1343 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1344 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1345 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1346
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001347- USB Support:
1348 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001349 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001350 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1351 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001352 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001353 storage devices.
1354 Note:
1355 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1356 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001357 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1358 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1359 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001360 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1361 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001362 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1363 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1364 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001365 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1366 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001367 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001368 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1369 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001370
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001371 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1372 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1373
Kuo-Jung Suaa155052013-05-15 15:29:22 +08001374 CONFIG_USB_HUB_MIN_POWER_ON_DELAY defines the minimum
1375 interval for usb hub power-on delay.(minimum 100msec)
1376
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001377- USB Device:
1378 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1379 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1380 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001381 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001382 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1383 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001384 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001385 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1386 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1387 a Linux host by
1388 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1389 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1390 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1391 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001392
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001393 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1394 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001395
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001396 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1397 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1398 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001399
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301400 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1401 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1402 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1403 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1404 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1405 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1406 speed.
1407
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001408 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001409 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1410 be set to usbtty.
1411
1412 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001413 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001414 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001415 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001416
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001417 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001418 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001419 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001420
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001421 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001422 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001423 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001424 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1425 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1426 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1427
1428 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1429 Define this string as the name of your company for
1430 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001431
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001432 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1433 Define this string as the name of your product
1434 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1435
1436 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1437 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1438 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1439 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1440 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001441
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001442 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1443 Define this as the unique Product ID
1444 for your device
1445 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001446
Przemyslaw Marczak351e9b22013-10-23 14:30:46 +02001447 Some USB device drivers may need to check USB cable attachment.
1448 In this case you can enable following config in BoardName.h:
1449 CONFIG_USB_CABLE_CHECK
1450 This enables function definition:
1451 - usb_cable_connected() in include/usb.h
1452 Implementation of this function is board-specific.
1453
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001454- ULPI Layer Support:
1455 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1456 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1457 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1458 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1459 viewport is supported.
1460 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1461 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001462 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1463 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1464 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001465
1466- MMC Support:
1467 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1468 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1469 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1470 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001471 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1472 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001473
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001474 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1475 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1476
1477 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1478 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1479
1480 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1481 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1482
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001483- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1484 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1485 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1486
1487 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1488 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1489 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1490 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1491 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1492
1493 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1494 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1495
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001496 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1497 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1498
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301499 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1500 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1501 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1502 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1503 one that would help mostly the developer.
1504
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001505 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1506 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1507 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1508 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1509 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1510
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001511 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1512 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1513 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1514 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1515 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1516 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1517
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001518- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1519 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1520 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1521 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1522
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001523 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1524 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001525 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1526
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001527 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001528 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1529 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1530
1531 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001532 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001533 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1534 have not defined a custom partition
1535
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001536- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1537 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001538
1539 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1540 file in FAT formatted partition.
1541
1542 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1543 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001544
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001545CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1546 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1547
1548 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1549 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1550 and cbfsload.
1551
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001552- Keyboard Support:
1553 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1554
1555 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1556 support
1557
1558 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1559 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1560 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1561 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1562 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1563
Hung-ying Tyan713cb682013-05-15 18:27:32 +08001564 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1565 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1566 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1567 which provides key scans on request.
1568
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001569- Video support:
1570 CONFIG_VIDEO
1571
1572 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1573 video).
1574
1575 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1576
1577 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1578
1579 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001580 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001581 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1582 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1583 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001584
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001585 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001586 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001587 are possible:
1588 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001589 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001590
1591 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1592 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1593 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1594 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1595 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1596 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1597 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001598 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1599
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001600 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001601 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001602
1603
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001604 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001605 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001606 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1607 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1608
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001609 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001610 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001611 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1612 support, and should also define these other macros:
1613
1614 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1615 CONFIG_VIDEO
1616 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1617 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1618 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1619 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1620 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1621 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1622
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001623 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1624 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1625 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1626 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001627
Simon Glass058d59b2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001628 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1629
1630 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1631 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1632 driver.
1633
1634
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001635- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001636 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001637
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001638 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1639 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1640 defined in your board-specific files.
1641 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001642
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001643- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1644
1645 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1646 display); also select one of the supported displays
1647 by defining one of these:
1648
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001649 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1650
1651 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1652
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001653 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001654
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001655 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001656
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001657 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001658
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001659 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1660 Active, color, single scan.
1661
1662 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1663
1664 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001665 Active, color, single scan.
1666
1667 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1668
1669 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1670 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1671
1672 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1673
1674 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1675 Active, color, single scan.
1676
1677 CONFIG_HLD1045
1678
1679 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1680 Active, color, single scan.
1681
1682 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1683
1684 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1685 or
1686 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1687 or
1688 Hitachi SP14Q002
1689
1690 320x240. Black & white.
1691
1692 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001693 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001694
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001695 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1696
1697 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1698 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1699 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1700 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1701 a per-section basis.
1702
Simon Glass0d89efe2012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001703 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1704
1705 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1706 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1707 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1708 is slow.
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001709
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001710 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1711
1712 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1713
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001714 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1715
1716 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1717 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1718
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001719- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001720
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001721 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1722 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1723 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001724 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001725 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1726 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1727 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1728 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001729
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001730 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1731
1732 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1733 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
1734 (see README.displaying-bmps and README.arm-unaligned-accesses).
1735 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1736 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1737 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1738 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1739 there is no need to set this option.
1740
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001741 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1742
1743 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1744 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1745 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1746 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1747 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1748 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1749
1750 Example:
1751 setenv splashpos m,m
1752 => image at center of screen
1753
1754 setenv splashpos 30,20
1755 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1756
1757 setenv splashpos -10,m
1758 => vertically centered image
1759 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1760
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001761- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1762
1763 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1764 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1765 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1766
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001767- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1768
1769 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1770 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1771 bmp command.
1772
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001773- Do compresssing for memory range:
1774 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1775
1776 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1777 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1778
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001779- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001780 CONFIG_GZIP
1781
1782 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1783
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001784 CONFIG_BZIP2
1785
1786 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1787 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1788 compressed images are supported.
1789
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001790 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001791 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001792 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001793
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001794 CONFIG_LZMA
1795
1796 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1797 images is included.
1798
1799 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1800 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1801 formula:
1802
1803 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1804
1805 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1806 and Literal pos bits.
1807
1808 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1809 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1810 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1811 a very small buffer.
1812
1813 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1814 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001815 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001816
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001817 CONFIG_LZO
1818
1819 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
1820 is included.
1821
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001822- MII/PHY support:
1823 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1824
1825 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1826
1827 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1828
1829 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1830
1831 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1832
1833 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001834 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001835
1836 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1837
1838 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1839 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1840 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1841 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1842
1843 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1844
1845 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1846 command issued before MII status register can be read
1847
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001848- Ethernet address:
1849 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001850 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001851 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1852 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001853 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1854 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001855
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001856 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1857 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001858 is not determined automatically.
1859
1860- IP address:
1861 CONFIG_IPADDR
1862
1863 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001864 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001865 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001866 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001867
1868- Server IP address:
1869 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1870
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001871 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001872 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001873 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001874
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001875 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1876
1877 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1878 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1879
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001880- Gateway IP address:
1881 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1882
1883 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1884 default router where packets to other networks are
1885 sent to.
1886 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1887
1888- Subnet mask:
1889 CONFIG_NETMASK
1890
1891 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1892 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1893 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1894 forwarded through a router.
1895 (Environment variable "netmask")
1896
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001897- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1898 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1899
1900 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1901 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001902 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001903 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1904 multicast group.
1905
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001906- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1907 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1908
1909 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1910 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1911 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1912 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1913 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1914 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1915 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1916 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001917 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001918
1919 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1920 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1921 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1922 4th and following
1923 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1924
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001925- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001926 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1927 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001928
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001929 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1930 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1931 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1932 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1933 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1934 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1935 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1936 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1937 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1938 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1939 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1940 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001941 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001942
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001943 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1944 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001945
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001946 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1947 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1948 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1949 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1950 is not available.
1951
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001952 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1953 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1954 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1955 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1956 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1957 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1958 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001959 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001960
1961 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1962 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1963 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001964 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001965 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1966 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001967
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001968 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1969
1970 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1971 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1972 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1973 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1974 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1975 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1976 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1977 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1978 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1979 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1980 this delay.
1981
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001982 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1983 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1984 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1985 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1986 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1987
1988 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1989
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001990 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001991 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001992
1993 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1994
1995 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1996
1997 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1998 of the device.
1999
2000 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
2001
2002 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
2003 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002004 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002005
2006 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
2007
2008 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
2009 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
2010
2011 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
2012
2013 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
2014
2015 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
2016
2017 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
2018
2019 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
2020
2021 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2022
2023 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2024
2025 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2026 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2027
2028 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2029
2030 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2031
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002032- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2033
2034 Several configurations allow to display the current
2035 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2036 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2037 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2038 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2039 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2040 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2041 feature in U-Boot.
2042
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002043 Additional options:
2044
2045 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2046 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2047 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2048 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2049 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2050
Igor Grinberg9dfdcdf2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02002051 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2052 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2053 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2054 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2055 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2056 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2057
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002058- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2059
2060 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2061 on those systems that support this (optional)
2062 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2063
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002064- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002065
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002066 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2067 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2068 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2069 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2070 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2071 interface.
2072
2073 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002074 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2075 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2076 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2077 for defining speed and slave address
2078 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2079 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2080 for defining speed and slave address
2081 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2082 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2083 for defining speed and slave address
2084 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2085 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2086 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002087
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002088 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2089 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2090 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2091 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2092 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2093 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002094 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002095 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2096 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2097 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2098 second bus.
2099
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002100 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09002101 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2102 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2103 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002104
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002105 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2106 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2107 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2108 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2109
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002110 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2111 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
2112 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2113 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2114 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2115 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2116 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2117 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
2118 If thoses defines are not set, default value is 100000
2119 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2120
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09002121 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2122 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2123 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2124
2125 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2126 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2127 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2128 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2129 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2130 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2131 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2132 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2133 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2134
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002135 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2136 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2137 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2138
2139 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2140 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2141 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2142 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2143 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2144 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2145 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2146 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2147 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2148 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2149 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2150 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
2151 - CONFIF_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for nummber of i2c buses
2152
Heiko Schocher6789e842013-10-22 11:03:18 +02002153 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2154 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2155 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2156 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2157 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2158 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2159 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2160 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2161 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2162 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2163 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2164 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2165
Heiko Schocher0bdffe72013-11-08 07:30:53 +01002166 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2167 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2168 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2169 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2170
Naveen Krishna Che717fc62013-12-06 12:12:38 +05302171 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2172 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2173 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2174 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2175 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2176
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002177 additional defines:
2178
2179 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
2180 Hold the number of i2c busses you want to use. If you
2181 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2182 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2183 omit this define.
2184
2185 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2186 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2187 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2188 omit this define.
2189
2190 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2191 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2192 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2193 define.
2194
2195 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
2196 hold a list of busses you want to use, only used if
2197 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2198 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2199 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2200
2201 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2202 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2203 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2204 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2205 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2206 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2207 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2208 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2209 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2210 }
2211
2212 which defines
2213 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002214 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2215 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2216 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2217 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2218 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002219 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002220 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2221 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002222
2223 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2224
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002225- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002226
2227 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2228 provides the following compelling advantages:
2229
2230 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2231 - approved multibus support
2232 - better i2c mux support
2233
2234 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2235
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002236 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2237 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2238 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002239
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002240 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002241 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002242 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2243 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002244 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002245
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002246 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002247
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002248 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002249 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002250
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002251 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002252 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002253 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002254 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002255
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002256 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002257 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002258 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2259 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2260 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002261
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002262 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2263
2264 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2265 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2266 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2267 commands until the slave device responds.
2268
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002269 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002270
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002271 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002272 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2273 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002274
2275 I2C_INIT
2276
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002277 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002278 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002279
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002280 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002281
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002282 I2C_PORT
2283
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002284 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2285 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2286 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002287
2288 I2C_ACTIVE
2289
2290 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2291 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2292 define can be null.
2293
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002294 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2295
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002296 I2C_TRISTATE
2297
2298 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2299 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2300 define can be null.
2301
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002302 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2303
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002304 I2C_READ
2305
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002306 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2307 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002308
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002309 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2310
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002311 I2C_SDA(bit)
2312
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002313 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2314 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002315
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002316 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002317 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002318 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002319
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002320 I2C_SCL(bit)
2321
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002322 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2323 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002324
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002325 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002326 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002327 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002328
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002329 I2C_DELAY
2330
2331 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2332 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002333 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002334 like:
2335
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002336 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002337
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002338 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2339
2340 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2341 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2342 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2343 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2344
2345 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2346 the generic GPIO functions.
2347
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002348 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002349
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002350 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2351 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2352 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2353 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2354 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2355 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2356 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2357 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002358
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002359 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2360
2361 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2362 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2363 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2364 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2365 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2366 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2367 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2368 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2369
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002370 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2371
2372 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2373 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2374 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2375
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002376 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2377
2378 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002379 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2380 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002381 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2382
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002383 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002384
2385 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002386 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002387 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2388 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002389
2390 e.g.
2391 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002392 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002393
2394 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2395
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002396 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002397 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002398
2399 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2400
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002401 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002402
2403 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2404 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2405
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002406 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002407
2408 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2409 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2410
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002411 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002412
2413 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2414 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2415
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002416 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002417
2418 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2419 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2420 specified DTT device.
2421
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002422 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2423
2424 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2425 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2426 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2427 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2428 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2429 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2430 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002431
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002432- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2433
2434 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2435 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2436 D/As on the SACSng board)
2437
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002438 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2439
2440 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2441 only SH7757 is supported.
2442
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002443 CONFIG_SPI_X
2444
2445 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2446 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2447
2448 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2449
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002450 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2451 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2452 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2453 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2454 defined, the board configuration must define several
2455 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2456 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002457
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002458 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2459
2460 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2461 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2462 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002463 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002464 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2465
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002466 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2467
2468 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002469 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002470
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002471- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2472
2473 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2474
2475 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2476
2477 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2478 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2479
2480 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2481
2482 Enables support for FPGA family.
2483 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2484
2485 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002486
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002487 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002488
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002489 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002490
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002491 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002492
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002493 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002494
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002495 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2496 status by the configuration function. This option
2497 will require a board or device specific function to
2498 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002499
2500 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2501
2502 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2503 configuration driver.
2504
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002505 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002506 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2507
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002508 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002509
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002510 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2511 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2512 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2513 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002514
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002515 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002516
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002517 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2518 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2519 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002520 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002521
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002522 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002523
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002524 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002525 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002526
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002527 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002528
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002529 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002530 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002531
2532- Configuration Management:
2533 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2534
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002535 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2536 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002537
2538- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2539
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002540 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2541 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002542 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002543 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2544 protects these variables from casual modification by
2545 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2546 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002547 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002548
2549 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2550 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002551 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002552 these parameters.
2553
2554 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2555 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002556 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002557 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2558 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2559 read-only.]
2560
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002561 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2562 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2563 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2564 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2565
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002566- Protected RAM:
2567 CONFIG_PRAM
2568
2569 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2570 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2571 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2572 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2573 this default value by defining an environment
2574 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2575 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2576 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2577 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2578 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2579 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2580 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2581
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002582 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002583 saveenv
2584
2585 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2586 either, which results in a memory region that will
2587 not be affected by reboots.
2588
2589 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2590 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2591 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2592 following board configurations are known to be
2593 "pRAM-clean":
2594
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002595 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2596 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002597 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002598
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002599- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2600 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2601 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2602 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2603 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2604 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2605 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2606
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002607- Error Recovery:
2608 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2609
2610 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2611 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2612 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002613 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002614 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2615 useful during development since you can try to debug
2616 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2617
2618 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2619
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002620 This variable defines the number of retries for
2621 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2622 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2623 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002624
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002625 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2626
2627 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2628
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002629 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2630
2631 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2632 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2633 try longer timeout such as
2634 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2635
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002636- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002637 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002638
2639 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2640
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002641 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2642 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002643
2644
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002645 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002646
2647 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2648 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2649 powerful command line syntax like
2650 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2651 constructs ("shell scripts").
2652
2653 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2654 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2655
2656
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002657 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002658
2659 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2660 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2661 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2662
2663 Note:
2664
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002665 In the current implementation, the local variables
2666 space and global environment variables space are
2667 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2668 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2669 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2670 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2671 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002672
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002673 Global environment variables are those you use
2674 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2675 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2676 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002677
2678 To store commands and special characters in a
2679 variable, please use double quotation marks
2680 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2681 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2682 symbols.
2683
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002684- Commandline Editing and History:
2685 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2686
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002687 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002688 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002689
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002690- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002691 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2692
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002693 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2694 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002695 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002696
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002697 For example, place something like this in your
2698 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002699
2700 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2701 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2702 "myvar2=value2\0"
2703
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002704 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2705 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2706 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2707 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002708 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002709 You better know what you are doing here.
2710
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002711 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2712 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002713 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002714 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002715
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002716 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2717
2718 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2719 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2720 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2721
2722 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2723
2724 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2725 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2726 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2727 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2728 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2729
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002730 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2731
2732 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2733 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2734 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2735
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002736 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2737
2738 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2739 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2740 that so that the environment is not available until
2741 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2742 this is instead controlled by the value of
2743 /config/load-environment.
2744
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002745- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002746 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2747
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002748 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2749 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2750 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002751
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002752- Serial Flash support
2753 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2754
2755 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2756 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2757
2758 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2759 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2760 commands.
2761
2762 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2763 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2764 flash is present on the system.
2765
2766 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2767 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2768 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2769 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2770
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002771 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2772
2773 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2774 test ('sf test').
2775
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki1dcd6d02013-06-19 15:33:58 +05302776 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg
2777
2778 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr
2779 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes.
2780
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05302781 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
2782
2783 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
2784 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
2785 currently Xilinx Zynq qspi support these type of connections.
2786
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002787- SystemACE Support:
2788 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2789
2790 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2791 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002792 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002793 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002794
2795 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002796 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002797
2798 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2799 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2800
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002801- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2802 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2803
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002804 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002805 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002806 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002807 number generator is used.
2808
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002809 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2810 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2811 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2812
2813 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002814 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2815 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2816 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2817 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2818 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2819 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2820
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002821- Hashing support:
2822 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2823
2824 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2825 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2826
2827 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2828
2829 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2830 size a little.
2831
2832 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
2833 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
2834
2835 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2836 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2837
Robert Winklera11f1872013-07-24 17:57:06 -07002838- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
2839 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
2840 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
2841 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
2842
2843 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
2844 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
2845 a boot from specific media.
2846
2847 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
2848 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
2849 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
2850 will set it back to normal. This command currently
2851 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
2852
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002853- Signing support:
2854 CONFIG_RSA
2855
2856 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
Detlev Zundel8bf2aad2014-01-20 16:21:46 +01002857 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information.
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002858
2859 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
2860 option.
2861
Heiko Schocher9e50c402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01002862- bootcount support:
2863 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
2864
2865 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
2866 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
2867
2868 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
2869 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
2870 CONFIG_BLACKFIN
2871 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards.
2872 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
2873 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
2874 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
2875 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
2876 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
2877 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
2878 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
2879 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
2880 the bootcounter.
2881 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002882
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002883- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002884 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2885
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002886 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2887 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2888 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2889 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2890 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2891 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002892
Simon Glass3a608ca2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00002893- Detailed boot stage timing
2894 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2895 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2896 of the boot process.
2897
2898 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2899 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2900 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2901 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2902 the limit, recording will stop.
2903
2904 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2905 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2906
2907 Timer summary in microseconds:
2908 Mark Elapsed Stage
2909 0 0 reset
2910 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2911 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2912 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2913 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2914 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2915 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2916 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2917
Simon Glass2eba38c2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00002918 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
2919 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
2920 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
2921
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002922 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
2923 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
2924 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
2925 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
2926 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
2927 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
2928 For example:
2929
2930 bootstage {
2931 154 {
2932 name = "board_init_f";
2933 mark = <3575678>;
2934 };
2935 170 {
2936 name = "lcd";
2937 accum = <33482>;
2938 };
2939 };
2940
2941 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
2942
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002943Legacy uImage format:
2944
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002945 Arg Where When
2946 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002947 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002948 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002949 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002950 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002951 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002952 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2953 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2954 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002955 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002956 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2957 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2958 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2959 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002960 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002961 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002962
2963 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2964 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2965 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2966 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2967 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2968 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2969 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002970 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002971 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2972 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2973
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002974 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002975
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002976 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002977 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2978 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002979
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002980 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2981 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2982 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2983 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2984 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2985 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2986 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2987 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2988 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2989 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2990 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2991 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2992 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2993 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2994 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2995 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2996 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2997 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2998 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2999 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
3000 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
3001 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
3002 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
3003 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
3004 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
3005 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
3006 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3007 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
3008 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
3009 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
3010 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
3011 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
3012 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
3013 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
3014 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
3015 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
3016 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
3017 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
3018 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
3019 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3020 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
3021 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3022 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
3023 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
3024 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
3025 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
3026 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003027
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003028 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003029
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003030 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003031 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
3032 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00003033
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003034 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
3035 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003036 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003037 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
3038 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
3039 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02003040 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
3041 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003042 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003043
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003044FIT uImage format:
3045
3046 Arg Where When
3047 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3048 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3049 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3050 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3051 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3052 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01003053 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003054 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3055 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3056 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3057 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3058 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003059 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3060 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003061 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3062 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3063 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3064 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3065 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3066 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3067 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3068 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3069
3070 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3071 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3072 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003073 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003074 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3075 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3076 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3077 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3078 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3079 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3080 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3081 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3082 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3083 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3084 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3085 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3086
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003087 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003088 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3089
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003090 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003091 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3092
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003093 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003094 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3095
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00003096- FIT image support:
3097 CONFIG_FIT
3098 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
3099
3100 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
3101 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
3102 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
3103 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
3104 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
3105 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
3106
Simon Glass3e569a62013-06-13 15:10:00 -07003107 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
3108 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
3109 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See
3110 doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
3111
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003112- Standalone program support:
3113 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3114
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02003115 This option defines a board specific value for the
3116 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3117 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003118 settings.
3119
3120- Frame Buffer Address:
3121 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3122
3123 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00003124 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3125 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3126 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3127 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3128 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3129 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3130 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003131
3132 Please see board_init_f function.
3133
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01003134- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3135 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3136 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3137 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3138
3139 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3140 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3141
3142- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3143 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3144
3145 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3146 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3147
3148 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3149
3150 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3151 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3152
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003153- UBI support
3154 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3155
3156 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3157 with the UBI flash translation layer
3158
3159 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3160
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003161 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3162
3163 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3164 warnings and errors enabled.
3165
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003166- UBIFS support
3167 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3168
3169 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3170 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3171
3172 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3173
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003174 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3175
3176 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3177 warnings and errors enabled.
3178
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003179- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003180 CONFIG_SPL
3181 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003182
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003183 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3184 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3185
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003186 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3187 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3188 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3189 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003190 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003191 must not be both defined at the same time.
3192
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003193 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003194 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3195 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3196 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3197 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003198
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003199 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3200 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003201
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003202 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3203 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3204 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3205
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003206 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3207 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3208
3209 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003210 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3211 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3212 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003213 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003214 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003215
3216 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3217 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3218
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003219 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3220 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3221 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3222 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3223
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003224 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3225 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3226
3227 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3228 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003229
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003230 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3231 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3232 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3233 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3234
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003235 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3236 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3237 about the running system.
3238
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003239 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3240 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3241
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003242 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3243 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003244
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003245 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3246 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003247
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003248 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3249 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003250
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003251 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3252 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003253
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003254 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3255 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003256
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003257 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3258 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
3259 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
3260 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
3261 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3262
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003263 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3264 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3265 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3266
3267 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3268 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3269 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3270 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3271 (for falcon mode)
3272
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003273 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3274 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3275
3276 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3277 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
3278
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003279 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
3280 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
3281 from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3282
3283 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
3284 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
3285 when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3286
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003287 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3288 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3289 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3290 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3291 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3292
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003293 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3294 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3295 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3296
3297 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3298 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3299
3300 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3301 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3302
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003303 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003304 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3305 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003306
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003307 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3308 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -07003309 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003310
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003311 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3312 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3313 SPL binary.
3314
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003315 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3316 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3317 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3318 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3319 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3320 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003321 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003322
Prabhakar Kushwahafbe76ae2013-12-11 12:42:11 +05303323 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3324 Add support NAND boot
3325
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003326 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003327 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3328
3329 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3330 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3331
3332 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3333 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003334
3335 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003336 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003337
3338 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3339 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
3340 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
3341
3342 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3343 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3344 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3345
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003346 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3347 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003348
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003349 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3350 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003351
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003352 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3353 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003354
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003355 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3356 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3357
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003358 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3359 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003360
Ying Zhangba1bee42013-05-20 14:07:25 +08003361 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3362 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3363
3364 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3365 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3366 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3367 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3368
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003369 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003370 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3371 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3372 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3373 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3374 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003375
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003376 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3377 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3378 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3379 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3380
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003381 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3382 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3383 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3384 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3385 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3386
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003387- TPL framework
3388 CONFIG_TPL
3389 Enable building of TPL globally.
3390
3391 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3392 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3393 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003394 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3395 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3396 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003397
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003398Modem Support:
3399--------------
3400
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003401[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003402
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003403- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003404 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3405
3406- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3407 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3408
3409- Modem debug support:
3410 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3411
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003412 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3413 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003414
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003415- Interrupt support (PPC):
3416
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003417 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3418 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003419 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003420 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003421 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003422 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003423 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003424 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3425 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3426 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003427
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003428- General:
3429
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003430 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3431 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3432 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003433 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003434 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3435 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3436 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003437
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003438 If there are no modem init strings in the
3439 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3440 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003441 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003442
3443 See also: doc/README.Modem
3444
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003445Board initialization settings:
3446------------------------------
3447
3448During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3449to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3450before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3451following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3452architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3453typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3454
3455- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3456- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3457- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3458- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003459
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003460Configuration Settings:
3461-----------------------
3462
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003463- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003464 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3465
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003466- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3467 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3468
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003469- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003470 prompt for user input.
3471
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003472- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003473
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003474- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003475
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003476- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003477
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003478- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003479 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3480 booted
3481
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003482- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003483 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3484
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003485- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003486 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003487
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003488- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003489 If the board specific function
3490 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3491 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003492 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3493
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003494- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003495 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003496
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003497- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003498 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3499
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003500- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003501 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3502 simple memory test.
3503
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003504- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003505 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003506
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003507- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003508 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3509 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3510
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003511- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3512 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003513 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003514 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003515 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3516 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3517 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003518 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003519 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003520 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003521
3522 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3523 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3524 be touched.
3525
3526 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3527 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3528 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3529 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3530 problems.
3531
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003532- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003533 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3534
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003535- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003536 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3537
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003538- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003539 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3540 Cogent motherboard)
3541
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003542- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003543 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3544
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003545- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003546 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3547 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003548 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003549 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003550
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003551- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003552 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3553 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3554 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3555 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003556
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003557- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003558 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3559
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003560- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003561 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3562 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003563 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003564 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3565
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003566- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003567 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3568 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003569 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3570 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003571 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003572 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003573 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003574 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3575 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3576 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003577
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003578- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3579 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3580 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3581 is enabled.
3582
3583- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3584 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3585 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3586
3587- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3588 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3589 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3590
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003591- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003592 Max number of Flash memory banks
3593
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003594- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003595 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3596
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003597- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003598 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3599
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003600- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003601 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3602
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003603- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003604 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3605
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003606- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003607 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3608
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003609- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003610 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3611 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3612
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003613- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003614
3615 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3616 without this option such a download has to be
3617 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3618 copy from RAM to flash.
3619
3620 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3621 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003622 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3623 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003624 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3625
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003626- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003627 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003628 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3629
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003630- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003631 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3632 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003633
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003634- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3635 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3636 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3637 to the MTD layer.
3638
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003639- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003640 Use buffered writes to flash.
3641
3642- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3643 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3644 write commands.
3645
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003646- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003647 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3648 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3649 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3650 optionally available.
3651
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003652- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3653 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3654 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3655 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3656
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003657- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3658 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3659 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3660 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3661 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3662 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3663 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3664 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3665
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003666- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003667 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3668 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003669 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3670 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003671 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003672 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3673
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003674- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3675
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003676 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3677 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3678 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3679 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3680 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003681
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003682- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3683- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003684 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003685 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3686 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3687 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3688
3689 The format of the list is:
3690 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003691 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
3692 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003693 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3694 list = entry[,list]
3695
3696 The type attributes are:
3697 s - String (default)
3698 d - Decimal
3699 x - Hexadecimal
3700 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3701 i - IP address
3702 m - MAC address
3703
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003704 The access attributes are:
3705 a - Any (default)
3706 r - Read-only
3707 o - Write-once
3708 c - Change-default
3709
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003710 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3711 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
3712 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
3713
3714 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3715 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3716 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3717 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3718 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3719 ".flags" variable.
3720
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003721- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3722 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3723 access flags.
3724
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00003725- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
3726 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
3727 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
3728 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
3729 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
3730 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
3731 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
3732 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
3733 your board please report the problem and send patches!
3734
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003735- CONFIG_SYS_SYM_OFFSETS
3736 This is set by architectures that use offsets for link symbols
3737 instead of absolute values. So bss_start is obtained using an
3738 offset _bss_start_ofs from CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE, rather than
3739 directly. You should not need to touch this setting.
3740
Lokesh Vutla0b1b60c2013-04-17 20:49:40 +00003741- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
3742 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
3743 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
3744 the value can be calulated on a given board.
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003745
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003746The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3747of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3748following configurations:
3749
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003750- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3751
3752 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3753 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3754
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003755- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003756
3757 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3758
3759 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3760 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3761 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3762 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3763 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3764 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3765 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3766 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3767 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3768 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3769 between U-Boot and the environment.
3770
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003771 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003772
3773 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3774 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3775 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3776 for this sector is given here.
3777
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003778 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003779
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003780 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003781
3782 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3783 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003784 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003785
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003786 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003787
3788 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3789
3790
3791 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3792 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3793 the environment.
3794
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003795 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003796
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003797 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003798 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003799 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3800 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3801
3802 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3803 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3804 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3805 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3806 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3807 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3808 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3809 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3810 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3811
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003812 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3813 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003814
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003815 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003816 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003817 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003818 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003819
3820BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3821source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3822accordingly!
3823
3824
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003825- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003826
3827 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3828 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3829 environment.
3830
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003831 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3832 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003833
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003834 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003835 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3836 can just be read and written to, without any special
3837 provision.
3838
3839BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3840in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003841console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003842U-Boot will hang.
3843
3844Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3845environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3846keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3847to save the current settings.
3848
3849
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003850- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003851
3852 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3853 device and a driver for it.
3854
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003855 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3856 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003857
3858 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3859 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3860
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003861 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003862 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3863 The default address is zero.
3864
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003865 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003866 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3867 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3868 would require six bits.
3869
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003870 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003871 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003872 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003873
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003874 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003875 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3876 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3877
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003878 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003879 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3880 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3881 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3882 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3883 byte chips.
3884
3885 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3886 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3887 in the chip address.
3888
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003889 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003890 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3891
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003892 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3893 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3894 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3895
3896 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3897 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3898 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3899 EEPROM. For example:
3900
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01003901 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003902
3903 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3904 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003905
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003906- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003907
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003908 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003909 want to use for the environment.
3910
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003911 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3912 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3913 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003914
3915 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3916 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3917 at the specified address.
3918
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003919- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3920
3921 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3922 want to use for the local device's environment.
3923
3924 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3925 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3926
3927 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3928 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3929 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003930 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003931
3932BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3933"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003934environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3935but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003936
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003937- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003938
3939 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3940 for the environment.
3941
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003942 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3943 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003944
3945 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003946 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3947 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003948
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003949 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003950
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003951 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003952 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3953 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003954 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003955 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003956
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003957 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3958
3959 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3960 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3961 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3962 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3963 the range to be avoided.
3964
3965 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
3966
3967 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3968 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3969 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3970 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3971 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003972
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003973- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3974
3975 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3976 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3977 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3978
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003979- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
3980
3981 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
3982 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
3983 accesses, which is important on NAND.
3984
3985 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
3986
3987 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
3988
3989 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
3990
3991 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
3992 environment in.
3993
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00003994 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
3995
3996 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
3997 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
3998 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
3999
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004000 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
4001 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
4002
4003 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
4004 when storing the env in UBI.
4005
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004006- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
4007
4008 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
4009 environment.
4010
4011 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
4012
4013 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
4014
4015 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
4016
4017 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
4018 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
4019 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
4020
4021 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4022 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4023
4024 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4025 area within the specified MMC device.
4026
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004027 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4028 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4029 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4030 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4031 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4032 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4033 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4034
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004035 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4036 MMC sector boundary.
4037
4038 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4039
4040 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4041 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4042 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4043 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4044
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004045 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4046 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4047
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004048 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4049 an MMC sector boundary.
4050
4051 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4052
4053 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4054 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4055 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4056
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004057- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004058
4059 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4060 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4061 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4062 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4063 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4064 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4065 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4066
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07004067Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004068has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02004069created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004070until then to read environment variables.
4071
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004072The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4073is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4074with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4075necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4076"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4077have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004078
4079Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4080the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004081use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004082
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004083- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004084 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004085
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004086 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004087 also needs to be defined.
4088
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004089- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004090 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004091
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08004092- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4093 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4094 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4095 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4096 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4097 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4098
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00004099- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4100 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4101 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4102 to do this.
4103
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00004104- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4105 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4106 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4107 present.
4108
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004109Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00004110---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004111
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004112- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004113 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4114
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004115- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004116 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00004117
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004118 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4119 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4120 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004121
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004122- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4123 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4124 PowerPC SOCs.
4125
4126- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4127 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4128 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4129
4130 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4131 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4132
4133- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4134 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4135 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004136 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004137 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4138 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4139 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4140
4141 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4142 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4143
4144- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02004145 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4146 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004147 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4148 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4149
4150- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4151 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4152 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4153 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4154
4155- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4156 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4157 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4158
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004159- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004160 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004161
4162 the default drive number (default value 0)
4163
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004164 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004165
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004166 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004167 (default value 1)
4168
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004169 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004170
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004171 defines the offset of register from address. It
4172 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004173 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004174
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004175 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4176 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004177 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004178
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004179 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004180 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4181 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
4182 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
4183 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004184
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004185- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4186 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4187 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4188 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4189 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4190 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
4191 is requierd.
4192
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004193- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004194 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00004195 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004196
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004197- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004198
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004199 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004200 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4201 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4202 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4203 will become available only after programming the
4204 memory controller and running certain initialization
4205 sequences.
4206
4207 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4208 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4209 - MPC824X: data cache
4210 - PPC4xx: data cache
4211
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004212- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004213
4214 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004215 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4216 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004217 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004218 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004219 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4220 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4221 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004222
4223 Note:
4224 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4225 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004226 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004227 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4228 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4229
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004230- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004231
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004232- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004233
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004234- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004235
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004236- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004237
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004238- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004239
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004240- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004241
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004242- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004243 SDRAM timing
4244
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004245- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004246 periodic timer for refresh
4247
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004248- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004249
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004250- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4251 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4252 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4253 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004254 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4255
4256- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004257 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4258 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004259 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4260
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004261- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4262 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004263 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4264 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4265
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004266- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004267 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4268 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4269
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004270- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004271 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4272 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4273
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004274- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004275 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4276 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4277
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004278- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004279 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4280 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4281 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4282
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004283- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004284 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4285 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4286 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4287 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004288
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004289- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4290 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4291 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4292 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4293 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4294 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4295 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4296 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004297 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004298
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004299- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4300 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4301 required.
4302
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004303- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
4304 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
4305 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4306 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4307 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4308 by coreboot or similar.
4309
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004310- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4311 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4312
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004313- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4314 Chip has SRIO or not
4315
4316- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4317 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4318
4319- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4320 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4321
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004322- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4323 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4324
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004325- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4326 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4327
4328- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4329 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4330
4331- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4332 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4333
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004334- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4335 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4336 a 16 bit bus.
4337 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004338 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004339 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004340 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004341
4342- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4343 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4344 a default value will be used.
4345
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004346- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004347 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4348 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4349
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004350 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4351 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4352
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004353- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004354 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4355 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4356 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004357
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004358- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4359 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4360 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4361 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4362 header files or board specific files.
4363
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004364- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4365 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4366
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004367- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004368 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4369 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004370
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004371- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4372 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4373
4374- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4375 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004376 to the given FEC; i. e.
4377 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004378 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4379
4380 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4381
4382- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4383 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4384 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4385
4386- CONFIG_RMII
4387 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4388 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4389 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4390
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004391- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4392 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4393 The syntax is:
4394
4395 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4396
4397 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4398 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4399 area should have.
4400
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004401- CONFIG_LOOPW
4402 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004403 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004404
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004405- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4406 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4407 "md/mw" commands.
4408 Examples:
4409
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004410 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004411 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4412
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004413 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004414 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4415
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004416 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004417 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004418
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004419- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004420 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004421 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4422 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4423 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004424
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004425 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4426 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4427 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4428 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004429
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004430- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004431 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4432 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4433 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004434
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004435- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4436 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4437 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4438 It is loaded by the SPL.
4439
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004440- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4441 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4442 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4443 previous 4k of the .text section.
4444
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004445- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4446 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4447 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4448 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4449 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4450 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4451 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4452 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4453
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004454- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4455 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4456 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4457 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4458 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4459
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004460- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4461 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4462 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004463
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004464- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4465 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4466
4467 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004468
Heiko Schocher16678eb2013-11-04 14:05:00 +01004469- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4470 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4471
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004472Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4473-----------------------------------
4474
4475The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4476loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4477This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4478are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4479within that device.
4480
4481- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4482 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
4483 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4484 is also specified.
4485
4486- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4487 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4488 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4489 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4490 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4491
4492- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4493 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4494 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4495 virtual address in NOR flash.
4496
4497- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4498 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4499 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4500
4501- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4502 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4503 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4504
4505- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
4506 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
4507 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4508
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004509- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4510 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4511 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004512 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4513 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4514 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004515
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004516Building the Software:
4517======================
4518
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004519Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4520and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4521all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4522(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4523recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4524which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004525
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004526If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4527have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4528you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4529Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4530necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004531
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004532 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4533 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004534
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004535Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4536 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4537 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4538 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4539
4540 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4541
4542 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4543 be executed on computers running Windows.
4544
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004545U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4546sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004547is done by typing:
4548
4549 make NAME_config
4550
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004551where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004552rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00004553
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004554Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4555 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4556 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4557 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004558 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004559
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004560 make TQM823L_config
4561 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004562
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004563 make TQM823L_LCD_config
4564 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004565
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004566 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004567
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004568
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004569Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4570images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004571
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004572- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4573- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4574- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004575
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004576By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4577in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4578this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4579
45801. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4581
4582 make O=/tmp/build distclean
4583 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
4584 make O=/tmp/build all
4585
45862. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
4587
4588 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4589 make distclean
4590 make NAME_config
4591 make all
4592
4593Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
4594variable.
4595
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004596
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004597Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4598for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4599native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004600
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004601
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004602If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4603to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4604steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004605
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000046061. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004607 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
4608 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000046092. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
4610 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
4611 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
46123. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4613 your board
46143. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4615 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
46164. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
46175. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4618 to be installed on your target system.
46196. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4620 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004621
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004622
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004623Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4624==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004625
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004626If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4627or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004628provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4629the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004630official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004631
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004632But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4633cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004634the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
4635just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004636for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
4637select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
4638environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
4639you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004640
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004641 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004642
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004643or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004644
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004645 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004646
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004647When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
4648U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
4649setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
4650built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
4651<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
4652location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
4653variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004654
4655 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4656 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
4657 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
4658
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004659With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
4660log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
4661during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004662
4663
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004664See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004665
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004666
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004667Monitor Commands - Overview:
4668============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004669
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004670go - start application at address 'addr'
4671run - run commands in an environment variable
4672bootm - boot application image from memory
4673bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004674bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004675tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4676 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4677 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00004678tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004679rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4680diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4681loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4682loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4683md - memory display
4684mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4685nm - memory modify (constant address)
4686mw - memory write (fill)
4687cp - memory copy
4688cmp - memory compare
4689crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05004690i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004691sspi - SPI utility commands
4692base - print or set address offset
4693printenv- print environment variables
4694setenv - set environment variables
4695saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4696protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4697erase - erase FLASH memory
4698flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00004699nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004700bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4701iminfo - print header information for application image
4702coninfo - print console devices and informations
4703ide - IDE sub-system
4704loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004705loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004706mtest - simple RAM test
4707icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4708dcache - enable or disable data cache
4709reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4710echo - echo args to console
4711version - print monitor version
4712help - print online help
4713? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004714
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004715
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004716Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4717========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004718
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004719TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004720
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004721For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004722
4723
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004724Environment Variables:
4725======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004726
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004727U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4728can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004729
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004730Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4731"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4732without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4733environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4734working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4735environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004736
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004737Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4738
4739List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004740
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004741 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004742
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004743 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004744
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004745 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004746
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004747 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004748
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004749 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004750
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004751 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4752 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4753 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4754 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4755 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4756 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004757 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4758 bootm_mapsize.
4759
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004760 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004761 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4762 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4763 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4764 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4765 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4766 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004767
4768 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4769 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4770 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4771 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4772 environment variable.
4773
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02004774 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4775 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4776 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4777
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004778 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4779 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4780 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4781 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004782
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004783 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4784 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4785 be automatically started (by internally calling
4786 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004787
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004788 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4789 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4790 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4791 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4792 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004793
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004794 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4795 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004796 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4797 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4798 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4799 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4800 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4801 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4802 access it during the boot procedure.
4803
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004804 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4805 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4806 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4807 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4808 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4809 must be accessible by the kernel.
4810
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00004811 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4812 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4813 defined.
4814
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00004815 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4816 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4817 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4818 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4819 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4820
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004821 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4822 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4823 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4824 is usually what you want since it allows for
4825 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4826 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004827 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004828 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4829 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4830 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4831 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004832
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004833 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4834 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4835 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4836 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4837 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4838 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004839
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004840 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004841
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004842 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4843 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4844 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4845 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4846 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4847 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4848 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004849
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004850 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004851
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004852 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4853 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004854
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004855 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004856
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004857 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00004858
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004859 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004860
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004861 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004862
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004863 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004864
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004865 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004866
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004867 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4868 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004869
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02004870 => setenv ethact FEC
4871 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4872 => setenv ethact SCC
4873 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004874
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01004875 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4876 available network interfaces.
4877 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4878
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004879 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004880 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4881 When set to "once" the network operation will
4882 fail when all the available network interfaces
4883 are tried once without success.
4884 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4885 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004886
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004887 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004888
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07004889 silent_linux - If set then linux will be told to boot silently, by
4890 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
4891 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
4892 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
4893 is silent.
4894
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004895 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02004896 UDP source port.
4897
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004898 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
4899 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4900
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004901 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4902 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4903
4904 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4905 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4906 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4907 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4908 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4909 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4910 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4911
4912 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004913 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004914 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004915
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004916The following image location variables contain the location of images
4917used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4918not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4919variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4920server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4921loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4922flash or offset in NAND flash.
4923
4924*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
4925boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
4926boards use these variables for other purposes.
4927
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004928Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4929----- --------- ----------- --------------
4930u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4931Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4932device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4933ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004934
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004935The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4936updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4937depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004938
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004939 bootfile - see above
4940 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4941 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4942 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4943 hostname - Target hostname
4944 ipaddr - see above
4945 netmask - Subnet Mask
4946 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4947 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004948
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004949
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004950There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004951
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004952 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4953 as type string and/or serial number
4954 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004955
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004956These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4957the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4958once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004959
4960
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004961Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004962
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004963 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4964 with the "version" command. This variable is
4965 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004966
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004967
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004968Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4969only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004970
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004971
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004972Callback functions for environment variables:
4973---------------------------------------------
4974
4975For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
4976when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
4977be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
4978deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
4979effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
4980
4981The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
4982U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
4983
4984These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
4985static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
4986in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
4987associations. The list must be in the following format:
4988
4989 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
4990 list = entry[,list]
4991
4992If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
4993Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
4994
4995Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
4996with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
4997override any association in the static list. You can define
4998CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
4999".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
5000
5001
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005002Command Line Parsing:
5003=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005004
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005005There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
5006the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005007
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005008Old, simple command line parser:
5009--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005010
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005011- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
5012- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005013- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005014- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
5015 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005016 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005017- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5018 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005019
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005020Hush shell:
5021-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005022
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005023- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5024 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5025 until...do...done, ...
5026- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5027 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5028 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5029 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005030
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005031General rules:
5032--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005033
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005034(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5035 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5036 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5037 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005038
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005039(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005040 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005041 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5042 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005043
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005044Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5045=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005046
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005047Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005048such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5049"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005050
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005051Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5052MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5053"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005054
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005055If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5056in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5057ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5058variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005059
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005060o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5061 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005062
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005063o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5064 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5065 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005066
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005067o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5068 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005069
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005070o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5071 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5072 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005073
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005074o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
5075 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005076
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005077If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005078will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005079may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5080The naming convention is as follows:
5081"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005082
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005083Image Formats:
5084==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005085
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01005086U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5087images in two formats:
5088
5089New uImage format (FIT)
5090-----------------------
5091
5092Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5093to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5094components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5095SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5096
5097
5098Old uImage format
5099-----------------
5100
5101Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5102preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5103details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005104
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005105* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5106 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05005107 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5108 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5109 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02005110* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005111 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5112 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005113* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5114* Load Address
5115* Entry Point
5116* Image Name
5117* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005118
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005119The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5120and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5121CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005122
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005123
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005124Linux Support:
5125==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005126
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005127Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5128easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5129U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005130
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005131U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5132special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5133"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5134instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5135serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005136
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005137- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5138 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5139 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005140
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005141- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5142 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005143
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005144- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5145 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5146 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5147 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5148 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5149 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005150
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005151
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005152Linux HOWTO:
5153============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005154
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005155Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5156---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005157
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005158U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5159configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5160(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5161Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005162
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005163But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005164
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005165Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5166include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02005167Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5168and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005169as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005170
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005171
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005172Configuring the Linux kernel:
5173-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005174
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005175No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5176device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005177
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005178
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005179Building a Linux Image:
5180-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005181
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005182With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5183not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5184"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5185U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5186which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5187100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005188
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005189Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005190
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005191 make TQM850L_config
5192 make oldconfig
5193 make dep
5194 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005195
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005196The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5197encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5198CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005199
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005200* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005201
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005202* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005203
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005204 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5205 -R .note -R .comment \
5206 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005207
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005208* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005209
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005210 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005211
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005212* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005213
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005214 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5215 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5216 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005217
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005218
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005219The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5220with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5221combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5222byte header containing information about target architecture,
5223operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5224stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005225
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005226"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5227print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005228
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005229In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5230contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5231checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005232
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005233 tools/mkimage -l image
5234 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005235
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005236The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5237from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005238
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005239 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5240 -n name -d data_file image
5241 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5242 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5243 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5244 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5245 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5246 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5247 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5248 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005249
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005250Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5251address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5252kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005253
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005254- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5255- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005256
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005257So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005258
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005259 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5260 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005261 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005262 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5263 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5264 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5265 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5266 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5267 Load Address: 0x00000000
5268 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005269
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005270To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005271
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005272 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5273 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5274 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5275 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5276 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5277 Load Address: 0x00000000
5278 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005279
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005280NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5281speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5282needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5283need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005284
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005285 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005286 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5287 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005288 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005289 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5290 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5291 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5292 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5293 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5294 Load Address: 0x00000000
5295 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005296
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005297
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005298Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5299when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005300
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005301 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5302 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5303 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5304 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5305 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5306 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5307 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5308 Load Address: 0x00000000
5309 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005310
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005311The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5312option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5313option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5314from the image:
5315
5316 tools/dumpimage -i image -p position data_file
5317 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file', \
5318 indexed by 'position'
5319
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005320
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005321Installing a Linux Image:
5322-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005323
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005324To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5325you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005326
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005327 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005328
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005329The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5330image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5331address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5332specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5333command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005334
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005335Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5336TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005337
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005338 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005339
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005340 .......... done
5341 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005342
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005343 => loads 40100000
5344 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5345 ~>examples/image.srec
5346 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5347 ...
5348 15989 15990 15991 15992
5349 [file transfer complete]
5350 [connected]
5351 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005352
5353
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005354You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005355this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005356corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005357
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005358 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005359
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005360 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5361 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5362 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5363 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5364 Load Address: 00000000
5365 Entry Point: 0000000c
5366 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005367
5368
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005369Boot Linux:
5370-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005371
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005372The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5373memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5374of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5375parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5376"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005377
5378
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005379 => printenv bootargs
5380 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005381
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005382 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005383
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005384 => printenv bootargs
5385 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005386
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005387 => bootm 40020000
5388 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5389 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5390 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5391 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5392 Load Address: 00000000
5393 Entry Point: 0000000c
5394 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5395 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5396 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5397 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5398 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5399 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5400 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5401 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005402
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005403If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005404the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5405format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005406
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005407 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005408
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005409 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5410 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5411 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5412 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5413 Load Address: 00000000
5414 Entry Point: 0000000c
5415 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005416
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005417 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5418 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5419 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5420 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5421 Load Address: 00000000
5422 Entry Point: 00000000
5423 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005424
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005425 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5426 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5427 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5428 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5429 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5430 Load Address: 00000000
5431 Entry Point: 0000000c
5432 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5433 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5434 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5435 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5436 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5437 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5438 Load Address: 00000000
5439 Entry Point: 00000000
5440 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5441 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5442 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5443 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5444 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5445 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5446 ...
5447 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5448 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005449
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005450 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005451
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005452Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5453-----------
5454
5455First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5456titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5457following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5458flat device tree:
5459
5460=> print oftaddr
5461oftaddr=0x300000
5462=> print oft
5463oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5464=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
5465Speed: 1000, full duplex
5466Using TSEC0 device
5467TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5468Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5469Load address: 0x300000
5470Loading: #
5471done
5472Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5473=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5474Speed: 1000, full duplex
5475Using TSEC0 device
5476TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5477Filename 'uImage'.
5478Load address: 0x200000
5479Loading:############
5480done
5481Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5482=> print loadaddr
5483loadaddr=200000
5484=> print oftaddr
5485oftaddr=0x300000
5486=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5487## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005488 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5489 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5490 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005491 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005492 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005493 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5494 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5495Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5496Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5497Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5498[snip]
5499
5500
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005501More About U-Boot Image Types:
5502------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005503
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005504U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005505
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005506 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5507 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5508 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5509 the Standalone Program.
5510 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5511 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5512 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5513 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5514 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5515 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5516 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5517 being started.
5518 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5519 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5520 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5521 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5522 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5523 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005524
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005525 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5526 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5527 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5528 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5529 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5530 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005531
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005532 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5533 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5534 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005535
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005536 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5537 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5538 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5539 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005540
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005541Booting the Linux zImage:
5542-------------------------
5543
5544On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5545using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5546as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5547
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04005548Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00005549kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5550address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5551format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5552
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005553
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005554Standalone HOWTO:
5555=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005556
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005557One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5558run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5559U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005560
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005561Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005562
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005563"Hello World" Demo:
5564-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005565
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005566'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5567application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5568It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5569like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005570
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005571 => loads
5572 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5573 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5574 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5575 [file transfer complete]
5576 [connected]
5577 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005578
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005579 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5580 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5581 Hello World
5582 argc = 7
5583 argv[0] = "40004"
5584 argv[1] = "Hello"
5585 argv[2] = "World!"
5586 argv[3] = "This"
5587 argv[4] = "is"
5588 argv[5] = "a"
5589 argv[6] = "test."
5590 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5591 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005592
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005593 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005594
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005595Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5596handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5597Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5598The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5599character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5600controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005601
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005602 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5603 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5604 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5605 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005606
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005607 => loads
5608 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5609 ~>examples/timer.srec
5610 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5611 [file transfer complete]
5612 [connected]
5613 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005614
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005615 => go 40004
5616 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5617 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5618 Using timer 1
5619 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005620
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005621Hit 'b':
5622 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5623 Enabling timer
5624Hit '?':
5625 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5626 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5627Hit '?':
5628 [q, b, e, ?] .
5629 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5630Hit '?':
5631 [q, b, e, ?] .
5632 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5633Hit '?':
5634 [q, b, e, ?] .
5635 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5636Hit 'e':
5637 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5638Hit 'q':
5639 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005640
5641
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005642Minicom warning:
5643================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005644
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005645Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5646"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5647consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5648Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5649especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00005650use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5651http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5652for help with kermit.
5653
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005654
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005655Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5656configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005657
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005658 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5659 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5660 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005661
5662
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005663NetBSD Notes:
5664=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005665
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005666Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5667(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005668
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005669Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5670NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5671need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5672Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5673attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5674missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005675
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005676 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5677 # mkdir powerpc
5678 # ln -s powerpc machine
5679 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5680 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005681
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005682Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5683and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005684
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005685Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5686stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5687proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5688tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00005689meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005690
5691
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005692Implementation Internals:
5693=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005694
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005695The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5696implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5697inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5698hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005699
5700
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005701Initial Stack, Global Data:
5702---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005703
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005704The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5705starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5706system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5707This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5708is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5709at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5710options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5711models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5712MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5713locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005714
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005715 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005716 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005717
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005718 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5719 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5720 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5721 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005722
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005723 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5724 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5725 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5726 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5727 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005728 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005729 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5730 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005731
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005732 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5733 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005734 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005735 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5736 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5737 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5738 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005739
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005740 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005741 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5742 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02005743 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005744 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5745 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5746 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5747 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5748 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005749
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005750 -Chris Hallinan
5751 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005752
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005753It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5754code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005755
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005756* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5757 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005758
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005759* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005760 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5761 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005762
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005763* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5764 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005765
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005766Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
5767normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
5768turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5769simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5770functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5771functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5772the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5773place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5774reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005775
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005776When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5777relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5778GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005779
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005780For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5781 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005782 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005783 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5784 R5-R10: parameter passing
5785 R13: small data area pointer
5786 R30: GOT pointer
5787 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005788
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01005789 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5790 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5791 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005792
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005793 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005794
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005795 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5796 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5797 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5798 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5799 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5800 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005801
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005802On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005803 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
5804
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005805 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005806
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005807On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005808
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005809 R0: function argument word/integer result
5810 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005811 R9: platform specific
5812 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005813 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5814 R12: temporary workspace
5815 R13: stack pointer
5816 R14: link register
5817 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005818
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005819 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
5820
5821 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005822
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08005823On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5824 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5825
5826 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5827
5828 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5829 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5830
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005831On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5832
5833 R0-R1: argument/return
5834 R2-R5: argument
5835 R15: temporary register for assembler
5836 R16: trampoline register
5837 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5838 R29: global pointer (GP)
5839 R30: link register (LP)
5840 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5841 PC: program counter (PC)
5842
5843 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5844
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02005845NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5846or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005847
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005848Memory Management:
5849------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005850
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005851U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5852MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005853
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005854The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5855controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5856memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5857physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005858
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005859U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5860TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5861booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5862to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005863memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005864configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5865Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005866
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005867Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5868of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005869
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005870So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5871this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005872
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005873 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5874 :
5875 0x0000 1FFF
5876 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5877 :
5878 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005879
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005880 :
5881 :
5882 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5883 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5884 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5885 :
5886 0x00FD FFFF
5887 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5888 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5889 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5890 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005891
5892
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005893System Initialization:
5894----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005895
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005896In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005897(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005898configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
5899To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5900To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5901initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
5902which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
5903part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
5904the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005905
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005906Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5907preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5908(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5909on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5910programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5911simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5912banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005913
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005914When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5915different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5916bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
59170x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
5918contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005919
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005920Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
5921and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
5922Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
5923pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005924
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005925Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
5926until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
5927running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
5928new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005929
5930
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005931U-Boot Porting Guide:
5932----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005933
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005934[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5935list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005936
5937
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005938int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005939{
5940 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005941
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005942 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
5943 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005944
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005945 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005946 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005947 return 0;
5948 }
5949
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005950 Download latest U-Boot source;
5951
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005952 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005953
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005954 if (clueless)
5955 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005956
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005957 while (learning) {
5958 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005959 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5960 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005961 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005962 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005963 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005964
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005965 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5966 Buy a BDI3000;
5967 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005968 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005969
5970 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5971 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5972 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5973 } else {
5974 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5975 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005976 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005977 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5978 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005979
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005980 while (!accepted) {
5981 while (!running) {
5982 do {
5983 Add / modify source code;
5984 } until (compiles);
5985 Debug;
5986 if (clueless)
5987 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
5988 }
5989 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
5990 if (reasonable critiques)
5991 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
5992 else
5993 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005994 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005995
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005996 return 0;
5997}
5998
5999void no_more_time (int sig)
6000{
6001 hire_a_guru();
6002}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006003
6004
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006005Coding Standards:
6006-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006007
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006008All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006009coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006010"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006011
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006012Source files originating from a different project (for example the
6013MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
6014reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
6015sources.
6016
6017Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6018Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6019in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006020
6021Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6022- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006023- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006024- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006025- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006026- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
6027
6028Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6029with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006030
6031
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006032Submitting Patches:
6033-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006034
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006035Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6036establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6037may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006038
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02006039Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006040
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006041Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6042see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6043
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006044When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6045it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006046
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006047* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6048 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6049 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006050
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006051* For new features: a description of the feature and your
6052 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006053
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006054* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
6055
6056* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
6057
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02006058* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6059 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006060
6061* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6062 document these in the README file.
6063
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006064* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6065 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006066 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006067 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6068 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006069
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006070 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6071 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6072 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006073
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006074 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6075 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6076 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6077 affected files).
6078
6079 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6080 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006081
6082* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6083 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
6084
6085* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6086 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
6087
6088
6089Notes:
6090
6091* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
6092 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6093 for any of the boards.
6094
6095* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6096 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6097 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
6098
6099* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6100 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6101 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6102 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6103 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6104 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00006105
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006106* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6107 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6108 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6109 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.